1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
132 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
134 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
136 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
138 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
140 static void commands_command (char *, int);
142 static void condition_command (char *, int);
144 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
146 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
158 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
160 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
174 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
176 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
178 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
180 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
);
192 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
193 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
195 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
197 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
199 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
202 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
214 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
216 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
218 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
226 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
229 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
230 current breakpoint. */
232 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
235 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
237 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
238 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
239 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
240 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
243 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
244 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
245 if such is available. */
246 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
249 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
250 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
253 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
254 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
258 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
259 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
260 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
261 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
262 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
264 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
265 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
268 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
269 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
273 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
274 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
275 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
276 use hardware breakpoints. */
277 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
279 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
280 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
283 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
284 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
288 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
289 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
290 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
291 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
292 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
294 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
295 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
296 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
297 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
298 always_inserted_auto
,
303 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
305 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
308 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
309 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
310 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
312 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
314 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
318 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
320 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
321 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
324 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
326 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
327 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
329 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
330 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
332 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
336 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
338 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
339 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
340 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
343 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
344 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
345 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
347 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
348 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
349 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
352 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
354 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
355 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
356 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
358 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
360 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
362 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
364 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
366 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
368 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
370 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
371 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
372 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
373 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
375 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
377 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
378 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
379 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
380 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
381 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
383 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
385 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
386 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
387 may still be reported by a target. */
388 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
390 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
392 int breakpoint_count
;
394 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
396 int tracepoint_count
;
398 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
400 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
402 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
405 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
408 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
410 breakpoint_count
= num
;
411 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
414 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
417 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
419 struct breakpoint
*b
;
425 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
426 for "break" command with no arg.
427 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
428 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
430 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
432 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
433 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
434 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
435 int default_breakpoint_line
;
436 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
439 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
440 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
442 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
443 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
444 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
446 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
448 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
449 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
451 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
453 int retval
= 0; /* default */
457 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
458 return breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
462 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
467 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
469 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
470 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
471 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
472 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
476 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
484 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
487 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
489 /* Skip non-numeric token */
490 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
492 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
498 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
500 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
501 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
512 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
514 get_number (char **pp
)
516 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
519 /* Parse a number or a range.
520 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
521 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
522 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
525 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
526 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
528 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
529 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
530 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
531 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
532 * pointer PP past <number2>.
536 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
538 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
539 static char *end_ptr
;
540 static int in_range
= 0;
544 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
545 or to the first number of a range. */
546 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
551 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
552 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
553 and also remember the end of the final token. */
557 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
558 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
559 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
560 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
562 error (_("inverted range"));
564 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
566 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
567 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
576 error (_("negative value"));
579 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
580 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
581 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
582 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
585 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
587 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
595 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
596 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599 get_breakpoint (int num
)
601 struct breakpoint
*b
;
604 if (b
->number
== num
)
611 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
614 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
621 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
624 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
626 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
629 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
631 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
632 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
640 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
641 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
645 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
647 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
652 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
653 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
654 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
655 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
656 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
660 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
662 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
665 breakpoints_changed ();
666 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
670 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
673 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
676 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
678 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
679 b
->commands
= commands
;
680 breakpoints_changed ();
681 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
685 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
690 struct command_line
*l
;
692 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
693 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
696 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
697 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
700 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
703 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
706 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
708 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
710 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
711 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
712 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
713 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
716 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
719 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
720 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
722 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
723 that are part of if and while bodies. */
724 enum command_control_type
725 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
731 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
732 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
735 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
736 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
738 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
739 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
744 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
747 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
750 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
752 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
753 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
754 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
755 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
756 list after it finishes execution. */
757 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
758 breakpoints_changed ();
759 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
760 return simple_control
;
762 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
765 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
768 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
770 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
774 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
775 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
780 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
781 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
783 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
784 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
785 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
786 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
787 memaddr ... memaddr + len
788 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
789 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
791 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
794 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
796 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
797 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
799 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
800 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
803 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
804 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
806 struct bp_location
*b
;
808 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
811 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
812 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
813 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
815 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
816 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
819 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
820 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
826 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
828 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
830 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
835 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
836 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
839 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
842 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
843 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
844 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
847 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
849 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
850 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
853 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
855 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
856 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
858 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
859 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
863 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
864 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
868 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
869 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
871 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
872 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
873 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
877 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
879 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
880 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
883 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
884 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
889 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
891 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
893 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
896 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
897 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
903 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
905 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
906 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
907 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
910 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
911 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
912 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
915 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
916 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
917 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
918 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
919 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
921 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
922 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
923 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
924 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
926 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
927 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
928 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
932 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
933 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
935 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
936 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
944 /* Evaluate the expression. */
945 mark
= value_mark ();
948 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
950 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
954 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
955 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
956 error to some higher catcher. */
962 throw_exception (ex
);
967 new_mark
= value_mark ();
968 if (mark
== new_mark
)
973 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
974 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
976 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
981 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
982 decide which addresses to watch. */
983 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
984 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
988 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
989 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
990 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
991 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
992 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
993 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
994 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
995 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
999 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1001 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1002 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1003 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1006 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1007 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1008 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1009 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1011 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1013 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1014 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1016 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1017 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1018 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1019 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1020 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1021 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1022 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1024 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1025 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1026 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1027 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1028 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1029 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1030 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1031 memory content has not changed.
1033 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1036 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1037 several times when GDB stops.
1040 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1041 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1042 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1043 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1044 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1045 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1046 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1047 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1048 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1049 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1051 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1052 removal from inferior. */
1055 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1057 int within_current_scope
;
1058 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1059 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1063 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1064 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1065 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1066 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1069 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1070 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1071 breakpoints if needed. */
1074 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1079 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1080 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1081 within_current_scope
= 1;
1084 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1086 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1087 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1088 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1089 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1092 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1094 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1095 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1096 if (within_current_scope
)
1100 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1109 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1110 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1111 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1112 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1113 be completely different objects. */
1114 value_free (b
->val
);
1119 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1120 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1121 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1122 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1123 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1124 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1126 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1127 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1128 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1130 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1132 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1133 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1135 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1137 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1138 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1139 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1140 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1147 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1148 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1149 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1150 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1153 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1155 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1157 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1160 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1163 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1164 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1165 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1166 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1168 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1172 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1174 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1175 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1177 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1178 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1179 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1180 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1181 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1182 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1183 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1185 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1187 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1188 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1189 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1191 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1192 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1196 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1198 addr
= value_address (v
);
1199 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1201 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1203 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1206 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1207 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1210 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1212 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1213 loc
->address
= addr
;
1215 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1219 next
= value_next (v
);
1224 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1225 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1226 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1227 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1228 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1230 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1231 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1234 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1236 printf_filtered (_("\
1237 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1238 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1240 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1241 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1242 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1245 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1247 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1251 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1252 inserted in the inferior. */
1254 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1256 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1259 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1262 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1265 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1266 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1267 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1268 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1269 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1270 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1271 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1272 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1273 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1276 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1278 if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
1284 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1285 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1286 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1288 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1289 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1291 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1292 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1293 int *disabled_breaks
,
1294 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1298 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1301 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1302 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1303 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1304 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1306 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1307 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1309 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1311 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1312 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1313 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1314 Two important cases are:
1315 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1316 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1317 hardware breakpoint.
1318 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1319 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1320 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1322 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1323 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1324 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1325 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1326 struct mem_region
*mr
1327 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1331 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1334 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1336 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1337 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1339 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1341 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1343 static int said
= 0;
1344 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1347 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1348 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1353 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1354 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1355 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1356 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1360 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1361 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1362 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1363 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1365 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1367 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1368 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1371 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1376 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1377 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1378 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1380 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1381 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1382 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1383 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1384 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1385 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1388 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1390 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1391 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1392 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1393 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1394 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1396 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1397 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1398 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1401 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1402 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1404 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1405 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1406 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1409 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1414 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1415 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1422 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1423 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1425 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1427 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1428 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1430 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1431 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1432 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1433 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1434 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1436 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1437 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1438 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1442 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1444 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1445 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1446 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1447 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1451 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1452 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1453 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1454 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1455 "Error accessing memory address ");
1456 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1458 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1459 safe_strerror (val
));
1470 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1471 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1472 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1473 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1475 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1477 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1478 bpt
->inserted
= (val
!= -1);
1481 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1483 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1484 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1485 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1486 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1488 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1492 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1493 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1494 so just return success. */
1501 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1502 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1506 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1508 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1509 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1511 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1512 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1514 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1515 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1518 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1519 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1520 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1522 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1524 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1526 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1527 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1529 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1530 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1532 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1538 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1539 removed locations above. */
1540 update_global_location_list (0);
1543 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1544 Throws exception on any error.
1545 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1546 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1548 insert_breakpoints (void)
1550 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1553 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1554 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1556 update_global_location_list (1);
1558 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1559 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1561 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1562 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1565 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1566 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1567 Both return zero if successful,
1568 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1571 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1573 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1574 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1577 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1578 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1580 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1581 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1583 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1584 there was an error. */
1585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1587 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1589 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1591 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1592 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1594 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1597 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1598 thread no longer exists. */
1599 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1600 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1603 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1605 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1606 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1607 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1608 insert breakpoints. */
1609 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1610 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1613 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1615 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1620 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1621 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1624 int some_failed
= 0;
1625 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1627 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1630 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1633 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1636 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1637 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1644 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1646 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1648 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1649 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1650 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1658 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1659 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1660 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1663 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1664 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1666 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1667 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1670 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1674 remove_breakpoints (void)
1676 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1679 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1682 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1687 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1690 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1692 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1694 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1696 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1698 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1703 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1712 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1714 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1717 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1719 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1720 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1726 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1728 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1729 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1731 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1732 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1733 struct inferior
*inf
;
1734 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1736 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1740 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1741 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1743 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1745 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1749 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1755 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1759 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1764 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1768 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1770 static struct breakpoint
*
1771 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1772 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1774 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1775 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1777 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1780 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1781 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1783 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1784 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1785 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1791 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1793 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1795 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1797 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1798 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1800 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1804 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1805 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1807 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1809 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1811 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1812 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1816 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1817 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1820 update_global_location_list (1);
1824 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1826 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1827 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1828 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1830 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1832 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1833 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1835 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1836 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1838 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1841 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1843 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1847 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1848 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1850 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1851 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1853 update_global_location_list (1);
1855 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1859 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1861 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1862 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1863 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1865 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1866 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1867 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1868 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1869 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1870 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1871 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1872 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1873 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1874 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1875 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1879 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1882 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1883 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1885 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1889 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1890 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1896 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1897 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1898 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1899 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1901 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1905 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1906 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1908 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1912 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1914 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1916 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1920 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1922 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1923 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1924 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1925 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1929 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1930 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1931 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1932 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1933 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1934 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1936 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1937 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1938 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1939 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1940 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1941 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1942 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1944 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1945 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1946 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1947 let finish_command delete it.
1949 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1950 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1951 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1952 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1953 solib breakpoints.) */
1955 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
1960 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1961 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1963 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
1965 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1969 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1970 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1971 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
1972 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
1973 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
1974 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
1978 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1980 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1982 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1983 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1985 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
1986 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1988 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
1989 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
1990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1992 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1996 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
1998 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2002 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2003 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2004 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2005 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2006 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2009 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2012 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2014 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2015 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2018 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2019 This should not ever happen. */
2020 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2022 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2023 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2025 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2026 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2027 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2029 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2030 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2031 || b
->section
== NULL
2032 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2034 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2036 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2037 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2039 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2043 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2044 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2045 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2047 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2048 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2050 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2051 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2052 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2053 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2054 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2056 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2057 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2059 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2060 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2063 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2064 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2065 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2066 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2067 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2068 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2071 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2072 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2073 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2074 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2075 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2082 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2087 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2088 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2089 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2090 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2095 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2097 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2102 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2103 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2104 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2106 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2107 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2108 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2111 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2112 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2115 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2117 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2120 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2127 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2130 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2132 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2133 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2136 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2137 This should not ever happen. */
2138 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2140 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2142 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2144 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2146 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2150 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2153 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2155 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2158 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2162 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2163 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2165 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2168 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2169 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2170 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2175 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2177 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2178 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2180 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2182 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2184 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2187 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2189 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2190 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2194 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2196 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2202 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2204 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2205 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
2208 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2209 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2213 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2214 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2215 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2217 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2218 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2219 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2220 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2222 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2223 in insert_breakpoints. */
2225 value_free (b
->val
);
2235 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2236 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2237 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2238 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2241 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2242 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2243 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2244 match, not program space. */
2246 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2247 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2248 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2249 permanent breakpoint.
2250 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2251 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2252 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2253 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2254 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2256 enum breakpoint_here
2257 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2259 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2260 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2264 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2265 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2268 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2269 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2270 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2273 if (overlay_debugging
2274 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2275 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2276 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2277 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2278 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2280 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2284 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2287 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2290 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2292 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2295 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2296 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2303 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2304 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2305 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2306 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2309 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2311 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2313 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2315 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2316 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2320 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2323 if (overlay_debugging
2324 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2325 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2326 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2334 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2335 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2338 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2340 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2343 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2349 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2353 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2355 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2356 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2358 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2360 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2364 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2367 if (overlay_debugging
2368 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2369 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2370 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2376 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2377 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2384 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2385 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2387 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2391 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2393 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2394 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2397 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2400 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2401 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2405 /* Check for intersection. */
2406 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2407 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2415 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2416 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2419 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2422 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2423 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2427 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2429 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2430 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2433 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2434 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2437 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2441 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2443 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2444 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2445 it is now time to do so. */
2447 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2448 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2452 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2454 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2455 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2456 it is now time to do so. */
2458 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2459 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2463 if (overlay_debugging
2464 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2465 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2466 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2475 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2479 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2481 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2485 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2487 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2488 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2489 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2493 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2494 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2497 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2514 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2515 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2518 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2522 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2527 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2529 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2530 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2531 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2532 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2533 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2535 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2536 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2540 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2550 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2553 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2558 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2560 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2566 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2567 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2568 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2570 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2571 step_resume breakpoint.
2573 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2575 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2579 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2581 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2583 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2585 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2586 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2587 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2588 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2589 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2592 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2596 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2597 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2598 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2599 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2600 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2601 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2603 Return 1 otherwise. */
2606 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2608 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2611 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2613 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2614 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2615 this function might return the same number more
2616 than once and this will look ugly. */
2617 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2618 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2620 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2622 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2626 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2629 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2631 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2633 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2634 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2636 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2642 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2645 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2647 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2649 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2651 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2652 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2653 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2654 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2659 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2662 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2664 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2666 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2669 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2670 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2671 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2672 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2674 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2675 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2676 bpstat of the current thread. */
2679 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2682 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2685 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2687 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2690 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2691 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2693 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2696 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2697 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2699 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2700 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2702 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2704 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2705 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2706 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2707 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2708 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2709 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2710 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2711 the tree when we're done. */
2714 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2718 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2720 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2726 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2727 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2729 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2731 if (target_can_async_p ())
2732 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2733 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2734 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2737 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2738 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2739 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2740 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2741 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2742 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2743 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2744 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2745 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2746 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2747 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2748 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2749 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2754 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2759 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2761 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2762 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2763 && target_has_execution
2764 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2765 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2766 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2767 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2768 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2769 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2770 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2774 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2777 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2780 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2783 struct value_print_options opts
;
2784 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2785 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2789 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2790 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2791 by having it set different print_it values.
2793 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2794 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2795 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2796 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2797 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2799 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2800 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2801 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2802 don't print anything else.
2803 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2804 that something to be followed by a location.
2805 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2806 that something to be followed by a location.
2807 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2810 static enum print_stop_action
2811 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2813 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2814 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2815 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2816 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2818 enum print_stop_action result
;
2820 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2821 which has since been deleted. */
2822 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2823 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2824 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2827 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2828 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2833 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2834 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2835 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2836 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2839 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2841 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2843 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2844 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2846 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2847 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2848 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2850 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2851 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2852 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2855 case bp_shlib_event
:
2856 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2857 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2858 to shlib event" message.) */
2859 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2860 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2863 case bp_thread_event
:
2864 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2865 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2866 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2867 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2870 case bp_overlay_event
:
2871 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2872 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2873 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2876 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2877 /* These should never be enabled. */
2878 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2879 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2883 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2884 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2885 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2888 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2890 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2891 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2892 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2893 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2894 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2895 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2896 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2897 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2898 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2899 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2902 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2903 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2906 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2908 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2909 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2910 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2911 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2912 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2913 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2916 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2917 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2919 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2920 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2923 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2925 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2926 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2927 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2928 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2929 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2934 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2937 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2938 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2941 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2942 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2943 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2944 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2947 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2951 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2954 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
2955 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2959 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2962 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
2963 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2968 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
2969 case bp_step_resume
:
2970 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2975 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2979 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2983 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2984 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2985 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2986 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2989 static enum print_stop_action
2990 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
2992 switch (bs
->print_it
)
2995 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2996 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3000 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3001 relevant messages. */
3002 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3005 case print_it_normal
:
3007 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3008 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
3010 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3011 print_it_typical. */
3012 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3013 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3014 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3016 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3021 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3022 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3027 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3028 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3029 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3030 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3031 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3032 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3035 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3036 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3037 code to print the location. An example is
3038 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3040 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3041 to also print the location part of the message.
3042 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3043 don't require a location appended to the end.
3044 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3045 further info to be printed.*/
3047 enum print_stop_action
3048 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3052 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3053 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3054 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3055 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3056 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3058 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3059 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3060 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3061 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3065 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3066 with and nothing was printed. */
3067 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3070 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3071 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3072 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3073 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3076 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3078 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3079 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3080 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3084 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3087 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3091 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3093 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3094 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3095 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3097 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3101 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3102 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3105 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3107 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3109 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3111 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3113 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3114 as not triggered. */
3116 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3117 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3118 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3119 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3124 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3126 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3127 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3129 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3130 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3131 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3132 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3134 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3137 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3138 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3142 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3143 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3144 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3146 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3149 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3150 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3151 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3153 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3157 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3165 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3166 because of check_errors). */
3167 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3168 #define WP_DELETED 1
3169 /* The value has changed. */
3170 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3171 /* The value has not changed. */
3172 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3174 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3175 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3177 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
3180 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3182 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3183 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3184 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3185 int within_current_scope
;
3187 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3189 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3190 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3191 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3192 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3193 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3195 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3196 within_current_scope
= 1;
3199 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3200 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3201 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3203 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3204 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3206 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3207 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3208 if (within_current_scope
)
3210 struct symbol
*function
;
3212 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3213 if (function
== NULL
3214 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3215 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3216 within_current_scope
= 0;
3219 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3220 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3221 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3222 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3223 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3224 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3225 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3226 is likely to be wrong. */
3227 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3228 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3230 if (within_current_scope
)
3231 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3232 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3237 if (within_current_scope
)
3239 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3240 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3241 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3242 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3244 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3245 struct value
*new_val
;
3247 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3248 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3249 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3251 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3253 release_value (new_val
);
3254 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3256 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3259 /* We will stop here */
3260 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3264 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3265 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3266 /* We won't stop here */
3267 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3272 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3273 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3274 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3275 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3276 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3277 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3278 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3279 the first value assigned). */
3280 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3281 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3282 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3283 information here. */
3284 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3286 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3287 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3288 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3289 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3290 which its expression is valid.\n");
3292 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3293 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3294 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3300 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3301 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3302 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3304 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3305 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3307 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3309 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
3311 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
3314 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3315 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3316 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3317 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3318 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3319 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3321 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3324 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3325 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3326 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3330 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3331 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3332 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3333 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3334 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3335 (did not match the data address). */
3337 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3338 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3339 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3340 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3343 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3345 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3347 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3348 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3349 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3353 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3355 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3356 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3363 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3364 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3367 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3369 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3370 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3372 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3373 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3374 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3375 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3379 int must_check_value
= 0;
3381 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3382 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3384 must_check_value
= 1;
3385 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3386 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3387 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3389 must_check_value
= 1;
3390 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3391 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3392 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3393 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3394 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3395 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3396 must_check_value
= 1;
3398 if (must_check_value
)
3400 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3402 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3403 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3405 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3409 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3410 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3413 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3414 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3416 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3417 the value has changed. This is for targets
3418 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
3419 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3423 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3424 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3425 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3427 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3428 the value hasn't changed. */
3429 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3437 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3438 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3439 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3440 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3441 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3442 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3443 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3447 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3449 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3450 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3451 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3452 anything for this watchpoint. */
3453 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3460 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3461 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3462 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3464 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3466 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3467 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3468 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3470 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3471 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3475 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3477 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3478 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3479 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3481 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3482 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3484 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3486 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3487 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3488 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3489 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3491 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3493 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3494 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3495 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3496 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3497 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3499 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3501 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3502 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3504 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3505 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3507 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3511 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3515 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3518 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3520 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3528 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3529 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3531 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3532 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3534 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3536 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3538 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3539 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3540 several reasons concurrently.)
3542 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3543 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3546 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3547 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3549 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3550 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3551 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3552 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3553 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3554 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3555 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3557 int need_remove_insert
, update_locations
= 0;
3559 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3563 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3566 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3567 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3568 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3569 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3571 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3574 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3577 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3579 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3581 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3582 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3587 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3591 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3592 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3593 /* We do not stop for these. */
3596 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3600 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
)
3603 /* We will stop here */
3604 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3606 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3607 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3608 update_locations
= 1;
3612 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3614 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3615 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3617 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3620 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3623 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3624 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3625 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3628 /* Delay this call which would break the ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration above. */
3629 if (update_locations
)
3630 update_global_location_list (0);
3632 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3634 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3637 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3638 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3641 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3645 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3646 bs
= root_bs
->next
; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3648 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3649 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3650 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3652 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3656 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3658 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3660 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3661 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
))
3663 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3664 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
3665 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
3666 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3667 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3670 if (need_remove_insert
)
3671 update_global_location_list (1);
3673 return root_bs
->next
;
3676 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3678 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3680 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3683 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3686 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3689 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3692 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3695 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3698 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3701 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3704 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3707 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3710 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3713 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3716 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3720 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3721 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3722 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3723 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3724 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3725 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3726 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3727 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3728 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3729 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3730 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3731 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3733 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3734 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3735 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3736 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3738 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3739 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3740 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3741 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3742 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3743 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3744 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3746 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3747 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3748 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3749 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3752 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3753 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3754 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3755 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3762 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3763 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3764 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3765 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3766 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3768 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3769 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3770 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3772 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3773 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3776 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3777 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3778 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3779 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3780 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3781 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3782 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3783 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3784 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3785 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3786 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3787 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3801 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3802 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3804 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3805 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3807 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3808 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3809 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3810 which has since been deleted. */
3812 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3813 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3815 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3821 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3827 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3829 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3832 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3835 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3836 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3837 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3841 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3843 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3846 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3847 This requires no further action. */
3848 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3851 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3853 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3854 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3856 case bp_step_resume
:
3859 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3862 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3863 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3865 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3866 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3868 case bp_shlib_event
:
3869 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
3872 bs_class
= jit_event
;
3874 case bp_thread_event
:
3875 case bp_overlay_event
:
3876 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3877 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3883 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3885 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3888 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3889 This requires no further action. */
3890 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3893 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3894 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3895 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3896 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
3899 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3900 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3902 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3903 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3906 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
3908 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
3912 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3913 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3914 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3917 bpstat_should_step (void)
3919 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3921 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
3927 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
3929 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3938 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3939 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3941 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
3943 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3946 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
3951 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
3954 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
3955 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
3956 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
3957 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
3958 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
3960 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
3961 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
3963 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3965 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
3966 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
3969 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
3972 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
3976 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
3980 print_address_symbolic (loc
->address
, stb
->stream
, demangle
, "");
3981 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
3984 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3987 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3989 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3990 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3992 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
3993 int print_address_bits
,
3996 struct command_line
*l
;
3998 struct ep_type_description
4003 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4005 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4006 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4007 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4008 {bp_until
, "until"},
4009 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4010 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4011 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4012 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4013 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4014 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4015 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4016 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4017 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4018 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4019 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4020 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4021 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4022 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4023 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4024 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4025 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4028 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4029 char wrap_indent
[80];
4030 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4031 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4032 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4034 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4035 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4036 struct value_print_options opts
;
4038 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4040 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4041 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4042 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4046 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4047 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4052 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4056 if (part_of_multiple
)
4059 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4060 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4065 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4070 if (part_of_multiple
)
4071 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4074 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4075 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4076 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4077 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4079 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4084 if (part_of_multiple
)
4085 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4087 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4092 if (part_of_multiple
)
4093 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4095 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4096 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4097 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4101 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4102 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4104 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4105 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4107 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4110 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4112 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4113 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4114 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4115 just one location. */
4116 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4117 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4123 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4124 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4128 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4129 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4130 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4131 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4132 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4133 is relatively readable). */
4134 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4135 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4137 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4141 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4145 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4146 case bp_step_resume
:
4147 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4149 case bp_shlib_event
:
4150 case bp_thread_event
:
4151 case bp_overlay_event
:
4152 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4155 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4158 if (header_of_multiple
)
4159 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4160 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4161 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4163 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4164 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4167 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4168 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4175 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4178 && !header_of_multiple
4180 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4181 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4182 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4183 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4185 struct inferior
*inf
;
4188 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4190 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4195 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4198 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4199 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4204 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4206 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4208 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4209 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4210 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4211 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4213 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4215 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4216 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4220 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4222 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4225 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4226 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4228 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4229 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4230 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4233 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4235 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4236 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4237 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4239 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4240 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4242 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4243 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4244 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4247 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4249 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4250 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4251 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4252 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4255 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4257 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4258 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4259 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4261 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4262 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4263 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4264 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4265 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4267 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4270 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4271 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4272 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4273 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4274 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4276 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4279 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4280 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4281 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4285 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4287 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4290 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4291 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4292 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4295 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4297 annotate_field (10);
4298 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4299 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4300 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4303 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4305 annotate_field (11);
4306 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4307 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4308 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4311 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4313 struct action_line
*action
;
4314 annotate_field (12);
4315 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4317 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4318 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4319 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4323 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4326 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4327 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4328 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4331 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4332 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4336 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4337 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4340 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4341 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4343 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4344 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4345 locations, if any. */
4346 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4348 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4349 disabled, we print it as if it had
4350 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4351 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4353 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4354 several locations internally, that's no a property
4357 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4358 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4359 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4361 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4363 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4364 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4365 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4371 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4373 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4374 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4376 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4378 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4379 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4380 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4383 return print_address_bits
;
4386 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4392 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4394 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4395 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4396 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4399 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4401 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4402 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4410 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4412 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4414 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4416 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4417 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4423 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4424 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4427 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4429 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4430 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4431 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4432 || b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
4433 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4434 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4435 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4436 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4439 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4440 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4441 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4444 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4446 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4447 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4448 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4449 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4450 struct value_print_options opts
;
4451 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4453 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4455 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4456 size required for address fields. */
4457 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4460 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4462 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4464 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4465 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4466 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4468 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4472 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4474 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4478 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4481 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4482 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4483 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4485 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4486 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4488 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4489 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4491 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4492 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4494 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4495 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4497 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4499 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4500 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4502 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4504 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4506 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4507 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4508 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4509 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4513 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4515 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4517 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4518 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4521 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4523 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4526 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4528 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4533 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4534 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4537 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4538 there have been breakpoints? */
4539 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4543 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4548 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4550 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4554 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4559 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4561 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4565 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4566 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4567 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4569 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4570 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4572 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4573 && bl
->address
== pc
4574 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4580 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4581 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4585 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4586 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4587 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4590 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4593 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4597 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4598 else /* if (others == ???) */
4599 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4601 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4604 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4605 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4606 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4607 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4608 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4609 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4610 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4611 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4612 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4614 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4618 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4620 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4621 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4622 printf_filtered (".\n");
4626 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4627 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4630 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4631 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4634 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4635 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4636 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4637 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4638 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4641 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4642 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4643 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4644 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4646 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4647 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4648 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4656 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4658 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4660 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4663 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
4664 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
4667 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4669 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
4670 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
4671 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
4672 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
4675 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4676 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4677 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4678 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4681 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4682 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4684 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4685 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4689 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
4690 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
4691 represent the same location. */
4694 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4696 int hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
4697 int hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
4699 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
4702 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
4704 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
4705 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
4709 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4710 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4715 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4716 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4718 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4719 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4721 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4724 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4725 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4726 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4727 this function is simply the identity function. */
4730 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4731 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4733 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4735 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4738 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4739 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4740 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4741 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4742 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4744 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4745 have their addresses modified. */
4750 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4752 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4753 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4754 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4756 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4757 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4759 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4760 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4762 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4766 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4768 static struct bp_location
*
4769 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4771 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4773 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4774 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4778 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4788 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4789 case bp_step_resume
:
4790 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4792 case bp_shlib_event
:
4793 case bp_thread_event
:
4794 case bp_overlay_event
:
4796 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4797 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4799 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4800 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4802 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4803 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4804 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4805 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4809 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4812 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4818 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4823 if (loc
->function_name
)
4824 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4829 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4830 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4831 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4833 static struct breakpoint
*
4834 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4837 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4839 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4840 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4843 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4844 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4845 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4847 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4850 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
4852 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
4853 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
4854 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
4855 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
4857 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
4859 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4860 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4861 of increasing numbers. */
4863 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
4865 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
4875 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4877 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4879 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4880 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4881 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4883 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
4885 if (loc
->function_name
)
4886 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
4890 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
4891 static struct gdbarch
*
4892 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
4895 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
4897 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
4902 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4903 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4904 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4905 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4906 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4907 is also returned as the value of this function.
4909 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4910 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4911 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4912 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4913 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4914 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4915 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4918 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4919 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
4921 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
4922 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
4923 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
4925 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
4927 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
4929 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
4930 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
4932 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4933 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4934 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4935 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4936 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4937 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4938 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
4940 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
4941 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
4942 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
4943 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
4944 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4946 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
4947 breakpoint resetting. */
4948 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4950 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
4951 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
4953 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
4954 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
4955 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
4957 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
4959 breakpoints_changed ();
4965 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4966 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4968 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4970 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4971 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
4973 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4974 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4975 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4976 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4977 but it's easy to implmement. */
4978 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4982 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4983 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
4984 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4987 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4989 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4991 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
4992 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
4993 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
4994 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
4995 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4996 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
4997 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
4999 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
5000 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
5001 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5005 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5007 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5009 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5011 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5012 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
5014 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5015 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5020 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5022 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5025 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5027 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5028 update_global_location_list (1);
5029 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5034 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5039 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5041 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5042 update_global_location_list (0);
5043 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5048 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5050 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5052 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5054 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5055 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5057 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5059 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5065 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5067 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5069 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5070 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5071 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5072 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5075 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5078 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5079 char ***addr_string_p
;
5083 struct lang_and_radix
5089 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5092 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5094 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5096 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5097 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5102 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5104 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5106 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5107 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5108 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5109 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5113 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5115 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5117 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5118 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5122 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5123 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5126 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5128 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5130 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5132 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5133 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5134 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5135 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5136 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5137 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5138 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5139 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5140 || (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
))
5141 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5142 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5144 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5146 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5150 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5155 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5156 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5159 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5161 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5162 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5164 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5165 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5166 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5167 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5168 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5169 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5172 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5174 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5175 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5176 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5177 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5178 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5179 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5180 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5182 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5183 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5184 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5185 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5187 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5189 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5190 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5193 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5198 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5200 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5203 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5205 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5208 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5211 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5213 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5216 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5220 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5222 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5225 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5227 static enum print_stop_action
5228 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5230 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5231 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5232 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5233 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5236 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5239 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5241 struct value_print_options opts
;
5243 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5245 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5246 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5247 is relatively readable). */
5248 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5249 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5251 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5252 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5254 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5255 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5256 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5257 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5261 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5265 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5267 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5270 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5272 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5276 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5277 print_it_catch_fork
,
5278 print_one_catch_fork
,
5279 print_mention_catch_fork
5282 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5285 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5287 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5290 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5293 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5295 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5298 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5302 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5304 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5307 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5309 static enum print_stop_action
5310 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5312 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5313 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5314 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5315 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5318 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5321 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5323 struct value_print_options opts
;
5325 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5326 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5327 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5328 is relatively readable). */
5329 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5330 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5332 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5333 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5335 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5336 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5337 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5338 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5342 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5346 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5348 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5351 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5353 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5357 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5358 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5359 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5360 print_mention_catch_vfork
5363 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5367 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5369 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5371 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5372 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5373 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5378 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5382 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5384 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5385 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5387 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5388 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5390 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5391 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5393 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5394 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5398 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5399 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5400 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5401 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5402 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5405 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5409 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5411 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5413 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5414 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5415 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5420 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5424 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5425 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5427 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5428 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5432 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5433 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5434 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5435 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5436 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5439 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5443 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5445 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5446 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5447 syscall we are catching. */
5448 int syscall_number
= 0;
5450 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5453 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5454 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5458 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5460 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5470 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5473 static enum print_stop_action
5474 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5476 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5477 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5478 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5479 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5481 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5483 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5486 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5488 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5490 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5493 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5495 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5497 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5499 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5500 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5501 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5502 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5503 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5504 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5506 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5508 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5511 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5515 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5516 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5518 struct value_print_options opts
;
5520 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5521 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5522 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5523 is relatively readable). */
5524 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5525 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5528 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5529 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5530 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5532 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5534 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5537 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5539 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5544 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5547 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5549 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5551 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5552 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5556 /* Remove the last comma. */
5557 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5558 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5561 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5562 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5565 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5569 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5571 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5575 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5576 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5578 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5581 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5585 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5588 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5590 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5592 printf_filtered (")");
5595 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5599 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5601 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5603 insert_catch_syscall
,
5604 remove_catch_syscall
,
5605 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5606 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5607 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5608 print_mention_catch_syscall
5611 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5614 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5616 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5619 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5620 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5621 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5622 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5624 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5625 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5626 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5627 to the catchpoint. */
5629 static struct breakpoint
*
5630 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5632 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5634 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5635 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5638 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5640 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5641 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5642 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5644 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5646 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5647 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5648 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5654 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5656 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5657 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5658 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5659 to the catchpoint. */
5661 static struct breakpoint
*
5662 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5663 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5665 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5666 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5669 update_global_location_list (1);
5675 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5676 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5677 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5679 struct breakpoint
*b
5680 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5682 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5684 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5687 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5690 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5692 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5696 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5698 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5702 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5704 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5707 static enum print_stop_action
5708 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5710 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5711 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5713 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5717 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5719 struct value_print_options opts
;
5721 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5723 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5724 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5725 is relatively readable). */
5726 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5727 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5729 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5730 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5732 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5733 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5734 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5739 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5741 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5744 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5748 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5749 print_it_catch_exec
,
5750 print_one_catch_exec
,
5751 print_mention_catch_exec
5755 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5756 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5758 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5759 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5760 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5762 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5764 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5767 update_global_location_list (1);
5771 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5773 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5778 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5786 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5788 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5791 *other_type_used
= 0;
5794 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5796 if (b
->type
== type
)
5798 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5799 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5800 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5801 *other_type_used
= 1;
5808 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5810 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5814 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5815 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5816 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5817 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5818 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5820 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5821 update_global_location_list (0);
5827 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5829 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5833 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5834 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5835 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5836 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5837 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5839 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5840 update_global_location_list (1);
5846 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5848 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5853 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5856 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5857 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5858 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5860 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
5866 update_global_location_list (0);
5868 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
5872 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
5874 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5877 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
5881 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5884 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5885 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5886 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5888 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5894 breakpoint_re_set ();
5898 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
5899 at address specified by SAL.
5900 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
5903 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
5904 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
5906 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5908 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
5910 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
5912 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
5913 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5914 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5915 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
5917 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5918 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5919 single thread of control. */
5920 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
5921 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
5923 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5928 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5932 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
5934 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
5936 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5940 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
5941 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
5942 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
5944 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
5945 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
5946 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
5947 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
5948 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
5950 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
5951 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
5953 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
5955 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
5956 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
5957 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
5958 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
5960 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5961 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5962 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
5964 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
5969 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5972 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5974 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
5976 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
5977 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
5979 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
5983 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5986 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5989 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
5990 struct value_print_options opts
;
5992 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5994 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5995 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5996 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5997 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5998 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
6000 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
6001 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6006 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
6009 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6010 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6011 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6012 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6013 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6014 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6016 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6017 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6018 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6019 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6020 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6021 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6022 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6024 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6026 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6027 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6028 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6029 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6030 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6032 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6033 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6034 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6035 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6036 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6037 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6038 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6041 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6046 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6047 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6049 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6050 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6053 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6054 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6059 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
6063 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6068 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6069 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6076 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6077 case bp_step_resume
:
6079 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6080 case bp_shlib_event
:
6081 case bp_thread_event
:
6082 case bp_overlay_event
:
6084 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6090 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6094 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6098 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6100 printf_filtered (" at ");
6101 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6105 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6106 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6110 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6112 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6114 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6119 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6121 printf_filtered ("\n");
6125 static struct bp_location
*
6126 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6127 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6129 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6131 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6132 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6135 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6137 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6138 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6139 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6140 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6141 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6142 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6143 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6145 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6150 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6151 return 0 otherwise. */
6154 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6158 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6159 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6160 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6163 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6165 addr
= loc
->address
;
6166 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6168 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6172 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6174 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6175 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6176 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6177 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6179 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6180 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6182 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6183 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6186 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6193 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6194 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6195 as condition expression. */
6198 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6199 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6201 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6202 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6203 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6205 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6208 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6210 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6211 int target_resources_ok
=
6212 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6214 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6215 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6216 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6217 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6220 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6222 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6224 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6225 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6229 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6231 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6233 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6234 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6239 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6240 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6241 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6245 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6246 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6247 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6248 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6250 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6252 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6253 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6254 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6255 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6261 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6264 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6265 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6269 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6270 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6272 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6277 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6279 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6282 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6288 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6289 elements to fill the void space. */
6291 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6293 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6294 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6296 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6297 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6302 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6303 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6304 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6305 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6306 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6307 single expanded sal, return the original.
6309 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6310 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6311 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6312 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6313 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6315 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6316 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6318 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6319 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6320 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6323 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6325 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6326 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6327 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6330 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6331 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6337 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6339 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6341 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6343 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6344 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6346 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6348 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Return that sal, adjusting it
6349 past the function prologue if necessary. */
6350 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6352 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6353 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6354 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6355 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[0]);
6356 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6360 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6362 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6363 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6365 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6366 char *this_function
;
6368 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6370 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6372 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6373 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6376 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6378 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6381 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6383 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6385 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6387 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6390 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6391 we should really always find the section here. */
6392 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6395 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6396 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6398 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6407 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6409 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6410 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6411 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6415 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6417 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6419 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6420 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6421 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6422 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6424 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6425 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6426 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6433 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6434 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6445 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6446 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6447 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6448 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6449 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6450 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6451 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6452 we take just a single condition string.
6454 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6455 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6456 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6457 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6458 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6461 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6462 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6464 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6465 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6466 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6470 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6472 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6473 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6475 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6476 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6477 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6481 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6482 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6483 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6484 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6487 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6488 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6489 char ***addr_string
,
6492 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6493 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6494 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6496 if ((*address
) == NULL
6497 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6499 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6501 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6502 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6503 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6504 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6505 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6506 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6507 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6508 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6509 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6511 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6512 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6513 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6514 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6516 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6518 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6522 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6526 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6527 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6528 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6529 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6530 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6531 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6533 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6535 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6537 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6538 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6539 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6540 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6543 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6544 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6546 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6547 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6548 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6549 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6552 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6554 /* Add the string if not present. */
6555 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6556 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6562 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6563 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6566 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6570 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6571 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6575 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6577 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6579 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6580 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6583 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6584 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6585 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6586 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6587 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6588 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6590 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6591 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6593 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6599 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6600 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6601 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6606 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6609 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6611 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6613 struct expression
*expr
;
6615 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6616 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6619 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6620 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6622 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6628 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6630 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6631 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6632 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6634 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6640 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6642 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6643 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6644 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
6647 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6651 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
6652 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
6653 This function has two major modes of operations,
6654 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
6655 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6656 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
6657 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
6658 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
6662 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6663 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6664 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6665 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6667 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6668 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6672 struct gdb_exception e
;
6673 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6674 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6677 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6679 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6680 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6681 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6685 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6692 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6693 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6694 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6695 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6697 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6698 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6700 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6704 throw_exception (e
);
6708 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6710 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6713 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6714 throw_exception (e
);
6716 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6718 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6719 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6720 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6721 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6724 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6725 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6726 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6727 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6728 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6729 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6731 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6736 throw_exception (e
);
6743 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6744 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6748 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6749 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6751 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6752 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6755 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6756 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6757 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6758 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6759 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6761 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6762 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6763 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6765 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6766 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6769 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6770 are ok for the target. */
6772 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6774 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6776 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6778 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6779 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6783 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6785 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6786 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6787 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6788 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6791 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6794 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6798 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6801 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6802 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6805 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6806 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
6807 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6811 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
6812 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6814 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
6816 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
6817 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6818 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6820 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
6821 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
6822 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6823 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6824 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
6826 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6827 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
6829 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6830 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6831 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6832 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6838 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
6839 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
6840 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
6842 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6843 /* But cleanup everything else. */
6844 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6846 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
6847 update_global_location_list (1);
6850 /* Set a breakpoint.
6851 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
6852 condition, and thread.
6853 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
6854 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
6858 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
6860 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
6861 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
6863 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
6865 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
6866 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6867 0 /* Ignore count */,
6868 pending_break_support
,
6869 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
6876 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6877 char *address
, char *condition
,
6878 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
6879 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
6880 int pending
, int enabled
)
6882 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
6883 address
, condition
, thread
,
6884 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6885 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6888 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
6892 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
6893 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
6894 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
6897 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
6900 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6903 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
6904 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6906 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6908 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
6911 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6912 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
6914 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
6915 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
6920 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6923 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
6926 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6930 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6932 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
6933 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
6934 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
6937 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
6938 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6939 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
6941 /* Preserve the original line number. */
6942 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
6943 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
6944 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
6948 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6950 struct blockvector
*bv
;
6954 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
6957 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
6960 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
6961 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
6965 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
6966 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
6967 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
6970 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
6971 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6973 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
6975 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
6977 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
6979 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6986 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6988 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6992 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6994 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
6998 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7000 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
7004 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7006 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
7010 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7012 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7013 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7014 stop at <line>\n"));
7018 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7022 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
7024 else if (*arg
!= '*')
7029 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7030 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7031 function/method name */
7032 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7034 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7039 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7041 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
7045 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7047 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7051 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7055 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
7062 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7063 it is probably a line number. */
7064 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7066 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7071 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7073 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7077 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7079 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7082 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7083 hw_read: watch read,
7084 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7086 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7088 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7089 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7090 struct expression
*exp
;
7091 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
7092 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7093 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7094 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7095 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7096 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7098 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7099 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7100 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7101 enum bptype bp_type
;
7105 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7106 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7108 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7110 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7111 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7113 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7114 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7115 be the thread identifier. */
7116 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7118 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7121 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7122 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7124 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7125 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7126 reach a "thread" token. */
7127 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7132 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7135 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7136 calculate the length of the token. */
7138 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7140 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7142 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7143 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7144 only in a specific thread. */
7147 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7148 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7150 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7152 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7153 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7155 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7156 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7157 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7159 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7160 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7161 evaluate_expression() function. */
7166 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7167 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7169 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7171 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7172 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7174 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7177 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7178 mark
= value_mark ();
7179 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7181 release_value (val
);
7184 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7188 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7191 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7192 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7194 struct expression
*cond
;
7196 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7197 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7202 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7204 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7205 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7206 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7207 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7209 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7211 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7212 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7213 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7216 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7217 target_resources_ok
=
7218 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7220 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7221 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7223 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7224 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7227 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7228 watchpoint could not be set. */
7229 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7230 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7232 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7234 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7235 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7236 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7237 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7238 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7240 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7243 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7244 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7245 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7247 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7249 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7250 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7252 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7253 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7255 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7256 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7257 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7258 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7259 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7260 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7261 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7262 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7263 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7267 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7268 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
7269 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7270 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7272 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7274 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7275 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7279 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7285 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7286 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7290 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7291 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7294 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7296 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7297 need to act on them together. */
7298 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7299 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7302 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7304 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
7305 that should be inserted. */
7306 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
7309 update_global_location_list (1);
7312 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7313 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7314 in hardware return zero. */
7317 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7319 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7320 struct value
*head
= v
;
7322 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7323 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7326 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7327 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7328 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7329 hardware watchpoint.
7331 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7332 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7333 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7334 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7335 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7336 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7337 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7338 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7339 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7341 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7342 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7343 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7344 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7345 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7347 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7350 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7351 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7352 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7356 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7357 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7358 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7360 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7361 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7362 middle of some value chain. */
7364 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7365 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7367 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7368 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7370 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7377 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7378 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7379 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7380 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7381 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7384 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7385 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7386 return found_memory_cnt
;
7390 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7392 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7396 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7398 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7402 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7404 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7408 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7410 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7414 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7416 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7420 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7422 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7426 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7427 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7429 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7431 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7432 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7435 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7436 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7437 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7440 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7442 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7444 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7446 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7450 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7452 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7453 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7454 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7455 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7456 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7457 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7459 clear_proceed_status ();
7461 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7464 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7465 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7466 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7468 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7469 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7471 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7472 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7475 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7478 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7480 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7483 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7484 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7485 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7486 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7488 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7489 at the very same frame. */
7490 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7491 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7494 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7496 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7499 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7501 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7502 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7503 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7505 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7507 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7510 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7512 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7513 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7514 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7515 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7517 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7519 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7520 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7522 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7523 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7525 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7526 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7527 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7531 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7535 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7537 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7539 while (isspace (**s
))
7543 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7544 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7546 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7547 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7548 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7549 if clause in the arg string. */
7552 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7556 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7559 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7562 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7563 condition string. */
7564 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7567 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7568 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7573 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
7574 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7576 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
7577 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
7578 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
7579 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
7581 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
7582 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
7584 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
)
7586 static char filename
[1024];
7591 if ((*arg_p
== '\0') || isspace (*arg_p
))
7609 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7610 process start/exit, etc. */
7614 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7615 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7620 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7622 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7623 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7624 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7627 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7628 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7629 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7633 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7635 /* The allowed syntax is:
7637 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7639 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7640 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7642 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7643 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7645 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7646 and enable reporting of such events. */
7649 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7650 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7651 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7652 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7654 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7655 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7656 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7657 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7660 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7666 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7668 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7670 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7672 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7676 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7678 /* The allowed syntax is:
7680 catch exec if <cond>
7682 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7683 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7685 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7686 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7688 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7689 and enable reporting of such events. */
7690 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7691 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7694 static enum print_stop_action
7695 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7697 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7699 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7701 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7702 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7703 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7706 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7708 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7710 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7711 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7713 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7714 : " (exception caught), ");
7715 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7717 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7718 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7719 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7720 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7722 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7726 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7728 struct value_print_options opts
;
7729 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7730 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7733 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7734 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7736 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7737 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7742 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7743 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7745 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7749 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7754 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7755 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7756 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7757 : _("Catchpoint "));
7758 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7759 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7763 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7766 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7767 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7768 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7769 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7773 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7774 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7776 char *trigger_func_name
;
7778 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7779 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7781 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7783 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7784 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7785 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7788 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7789 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7795 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7798 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7799 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7801 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7802 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7806 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7808 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7810 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7811 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7813 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7814 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7815 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7817 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7820 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7823 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7826 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7828 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7829 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7832 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7835 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7837 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7838 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7841 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
7844 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7845 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7849 struct expression
*cond
,
7850 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7854 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7858 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7860 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7862 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7863 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
7864 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
7865 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
7866 used for different exception names will use the same address.
7867 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
7868 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
7869 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
7870 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
7871 enough for now, though. */
7874 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
7875 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7877 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7878 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7879 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7880 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7881 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7882 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7883 b
->language
= language_ada
;
7884 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7885 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
7890 update_global_location_list (1);
7893 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
7896 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7897 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7899 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7901 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7903 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7904 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
7905 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7906 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7907 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7909 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7913 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
7914 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
7915 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
7916 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
7920 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
7922 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
7924 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
7925 VEC_free (int, iter
);
7928 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
7929 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
7931 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
7933 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
7934 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
7936 while (*arg
!= '\0')
7938 int i
, syscall_number
;
7943 /* Skip whitespace. */
7944 while (isspace (*arg
))
7947 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
7948 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
7952 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
7953 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
7954 if (*endptr
== '\0')
7955 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
7958 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
7960 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
7962 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
7963 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
7964 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
7966 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
7969 /* Ok, it's valid. */
7970 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
7973 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7977 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
7980 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7985 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7987 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
7988 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
7989 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
7990 this architeture yet."));
7992 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7994 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7996 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
7997 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
7998 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
7999 for his/her architecture. */
8000 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
8002 /* The allowed syntax is:
8004 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8006 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8009 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
8013 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
8014 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8017 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8020 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8022 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8024 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8025 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8026 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8028 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8032 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
8033 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
8034 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8038 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8040 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8045 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8047 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8050 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8053 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8055 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8056 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
8059 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8060 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8065 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8070 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8071 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8072 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8073 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8074 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8075 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8076 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8077 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8078 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8079 error (_("No source file specified."));
8087 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8088 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8089 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8090 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8091 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8093 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8094 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8095 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8096 due to optimization, all in one block.
8097 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8098 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8099 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8100 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8101 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8104 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8105 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8106 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8110 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8112 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8113 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8114 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8117 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8122 1 0 <can't happen> */
8126 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8131 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8132 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8133 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8134 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8135 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8136 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8138 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8139 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8141 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8142 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8143 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8144 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8145 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8146 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8147 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8148 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8149 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8150 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8151 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8152 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8161 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8164 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8165 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8168 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8170 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8173 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8174 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8177 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8178 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8180 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8182 breakpoints_changed ();
8184 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8187 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8188 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8191 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8194 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8195 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8196 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8199 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8201 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8203 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8204 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8205 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8206 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8208 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8210 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8212 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8213 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8217 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8218 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8219 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8220 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8221 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8224 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8226 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8227 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8228 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8229 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8231 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8232 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8234 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8235 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8236 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8238 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8239 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8241 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8242 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8243 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8245 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8248 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8249 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8250 the bp_location array. */
8253 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8255 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8257 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8258 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8260 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8262 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8264 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8267 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8268 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8270 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8271 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8272 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8273 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8275 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8277 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8278 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8279 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8280 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8284 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8285 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8286 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8287 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8288 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8289 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8290 returns true on them.
8292 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8293 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8294 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8295 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8296 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8297 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8300 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8302 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8303 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8304 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8306 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
8307 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
8308 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
8309 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
8310 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
8312 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
8313 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
8314 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
8315 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
8317 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8318 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8319 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8320 unsigned old_location_count
;
8322 old_location
= bp_location
;
8323 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8325 bp_location_count
= 0;
8326 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8329 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8330 bp_location_count
++;
8332 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8335 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8337 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8338 bp_location_compare
);
8340 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8342 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8343 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8344 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8345 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8346 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8348 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8349 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8352 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8355 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8356 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8358 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8360 int found_object
= 0;
8361 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8362 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8365 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8366 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8367 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8368 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8372 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8373 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8376 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8383 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8384 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8385 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8386 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8389 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8391 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8393 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8395 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8396 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8401 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8402 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8403 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8405 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8408 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8409 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8412 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8414 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
8416 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8417 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8418 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8419 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8422 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8431 if (!keep_in_target
)
8433 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8435 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8436 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8437 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8440 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8441 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8442 after calling us. */
8443 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8444 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8452 if (removed
&& non_stop
8453 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8454 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8456 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8457 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8458 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8459 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8460 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
8461 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
8462 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8463 after we see some number of events. The theory here
8464 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
8465 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
8466 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
8467 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
8468 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
8469 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
8472 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
8473 decr_pc_after_break targets.
8475 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
8476 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
8477 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
8478 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
8479 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
8480 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
8481 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
8482 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
8483 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
8484 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
8485 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
8486 targets that do not support new thread events, like
8487 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
8490 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
8491 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
8492 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
8493 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
8495 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
8496 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
8497 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
8498 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
8499 traps we can no longer explain. */
8501 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8502 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8504 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8507 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8511 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
8512 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
8513 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
8514 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
8515 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
8516 are sorted first for the same address.
8518 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
8519 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
8521 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8522 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8523 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8524 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8525 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8527 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8528 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
8530 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8531 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8532 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8534 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8535 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
))
8538 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8539 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8540 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8541 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8542 "actually inserted"));
8544 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8545 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
8546 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
8547 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
8548 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
8549 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
8551 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
8553 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
8554 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
8555 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
8564 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8565 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8566 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8567 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8568 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8571 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8572 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8573 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8574 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8576 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8580 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8582 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8585 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8586 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8588 free_bp_location (loc
);
8589 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8595 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8597 struct gdb_exception e
;
8598 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8599 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8602 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8604 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8607 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8608 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8610 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8612 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8616 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8618 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8620 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8621 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8625 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8629 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8631 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8632 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8634 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8636 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8637 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8639 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8640 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8641 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8642 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8643 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8645 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8646 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8647 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8648 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8649 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8652 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8654 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8655 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8660 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8664 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8665 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8666 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8667 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8668 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8669 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8671 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8672 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8673 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8674 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8675 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8676 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8677 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8678 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8679 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8681 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8682 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8683 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8684 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8685 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8686 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8687 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8688 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8689 with commands won't work. */
8691 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8693 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8694 list, update the global location list. This
8695 will remove locations that used to belong to
8696 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8697 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8698 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8699 design to have location completely self-contained,
8700 but it's not the case now. */
8701 update_global_location_list (0);
8704 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8705 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8706 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8712 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8714 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8718 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8720 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8724 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8726 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8732 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8734 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8735 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8736 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8739 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8740 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8741 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8742 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8743 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8744 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8747 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8752 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8754 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8756 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8758 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8759 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8760 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8761 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8762 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8763 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8765 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8770 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8774 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8776 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8777 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8782 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8783 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8784 Null names are ignored. */
8787 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8789 struct bp_location
*l
;
8790 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8791 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8792 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8794 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8797 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8799 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8803 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8805 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
8820 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8821 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
8825 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
8827 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
8828 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
8829 the common case where all locations are in the same
8830 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
8831 retain the location, so that when the library
8832 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
8833 status of the individual locations. */
8834 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
8839 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8841 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
8842 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
8844 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
8846 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8848 struct gdb_exception e
;
8851 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8853 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
8858 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
8859 b
->number
, e
.message
);
8860 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
8864 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8865 xfree (b
->source_file
);
8866 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
8867 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
8869 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
8871 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
8872 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
8875 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
8876 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
8877 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8879 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
8881 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
8882 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
8883 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
8884 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
8885 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
8886 often enough until a better solution is found. */
8887 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
8889 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8891 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
8893 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
8894 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
8896 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8897 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
8898 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
8906 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8907 if (l
->function_name
8908 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
8918 update_global_location_list (1);
8922 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
8923 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
8924 Unused in this case. */
8927 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
8929 /* get past catch_errs */
8930 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
8934 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
8935 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
8936 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
8938 enum enable_state save_enable
;
8939 struct gdb_exception e
;
8940 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
8945 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8949 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
8951 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
8952 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
8955 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
8957 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
8958 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8962 set_language (b
->language
);
8963 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
8966 save_current_space_and_thread ();
8967 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
8969 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8971 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
8976 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
8977 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
8978 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
8979 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
8980 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
8981 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
8982 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
8984 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
8985 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8986 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
8987 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
8989 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
8991 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
8992 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
8993 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
8994 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
8995 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
8996 which approach is better. */
8997 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
8998 throw_exception (e
);
9004 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
9006 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
9007 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
9009 char *cond_string
= 0;
9013 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9014 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
9016 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9019 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
9022 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
9025 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9026 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
9030 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9031 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9032 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9033 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9034 or it can be on local variables.
9036 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9037 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9038 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9041 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9042 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9043 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9044 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9045 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9046 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9048 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9049 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9050 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9051 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9053 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9054 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9056 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9057 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9058 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
9060 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9061 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9067 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
9069 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9070 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9071 case bp_overlay_event
:
9072 case bp_longjmp_master
:
9073 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9076 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9077 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9078 case bp_shlib_event
:
9080 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9081 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9082 case bp_thread_event
:
9084 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9085 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9086 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9087 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9090 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9092 case bp_step_resume
:
9094 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9099 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9103 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9105 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9107 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9108 enum language save_language
;
9109 int save_input_radix
;
9110 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9112 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9113 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9114 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9116 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9118 /* Format possible error msg */
9119 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9121 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9122 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9123 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9125 set_language (save_language
);
9126 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9128 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9130 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9132 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9133 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9134 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9135 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9136 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9139 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9141 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9142 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9144 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9146 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9148 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9149 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9151 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9152 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9153 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9155 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9159 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9160 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9161 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9164 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9166 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9172 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9174 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9178 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9180 else if (count
== 1)
9181 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9184 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9187 breakpoints_changed ();
9188 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9192 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9196 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9198 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9202 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9205 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9211 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9213 num
= get_number (&p
);
9215 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9217 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9219 set_ignore_count (num
,
9220 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9223 printf_filtered ("\n");
9226 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9227 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9230 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9235 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9239 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9246 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9249 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9253 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9254 if (b
->number
== num
)
9256 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9259 if (related_breakpoint
)
9260 function (related_breakpoint
);
9264 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9270 static struct bp_location
*
9271 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9273 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9277 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9278 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9283 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9285 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9288 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9293 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9294 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9297 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9299 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9303 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9306 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9312 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9313 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9314 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9317 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9319 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9320 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9321 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9322 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9325 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9326 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9329 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9331 update_global_location_list (0);
9333 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9337 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9339 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9341 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9345 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9351 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9353 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9354 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9355 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9356 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9360 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9362 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9365 update_global_location_list (0);
9368 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9372 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9374 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9377 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9380 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9381 target_resources_ok
=
9382 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9384 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9385 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9386 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9387 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9390 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9391 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9392 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9393 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9395 struct gdb_exception e
;
9397 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9399 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9403 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9409 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9410 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9411 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9412 update_global_location_list (1);
9413 breakpoints_changed ();
9415 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9420 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9422 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9425 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9426 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9427 in stopping the inferior. */
9430 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9432 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9438 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9444 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9446 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9447 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9448 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9449 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9453 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9455 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9458 update_global_location_list (1);
9461 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9465 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9467 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9471 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9473 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9477 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9479 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9483 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9485 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9489 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9494 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9498 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
9499 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
9503 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
,
9504 const bfd_byte
*data
)
9506 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9508 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9509 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
9510 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9511 && bp
->val_valid
&& bp
->val
)
9513 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9515 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
9516 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
9517 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
9518 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
9520 value_free (bp
->val
);
9527 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9529 struct symtabs_and_lines
9530 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9532 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9534 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9535 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9536 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9537 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9538 default_breakpoint_line
,
9539 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9541 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9542 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9544 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9548 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9549 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9550 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9551 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9555 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9556 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9558 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9560 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9562 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9563 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9565 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9567 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9575 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9578 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9580 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9583 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9589 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9591 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9592 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9594 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9597 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9598 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9602 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9604 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9605 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9609 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9610 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9611 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9614 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9615 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9616 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9617 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9618 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9619 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9621 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9623 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9624 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9627 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9630 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9632 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9634 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9636 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9637 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9638 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9639 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9641 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9643 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9644 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9645 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9646 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9650 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9653 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9657 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9659 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9661 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9662 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9670 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9671 non-zero otherwise. */
9673 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9675 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9676 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9677 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9684 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9686 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9688 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9692 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9694 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9696 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9697 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9699 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9703 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9705 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9715 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9717 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9718 char *text
, char *word
)
9720 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9721 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9724 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9726 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9728 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9730 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9731 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9735 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9737 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9739 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9740 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9742 0 /* Ignore count */,
9743 pending_break_support
,
9747 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9750 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
9754 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
9756 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9757 int tps_to_list
= 0;
9759 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
9772 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
9777 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
9778 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
9781 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
9782 Not supported by all targets. */
9784 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9786 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9789 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
9790 Not supported by all targets. */
9792 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9794 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9797 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
9799 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9801 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9807 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9809 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9810 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9811 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9816 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9821 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9823 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
9825 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9827 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
9829 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9834 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
9837 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
9839 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
9840 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
9841 Also accepts special argument "all". */
9844 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9846 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
9850 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9851 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
9853 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
9855 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
9858 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
9860 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
9863 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9866 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
9872 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
9873 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
9875 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
9876 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
9878 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
9882 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
9889 get_tracepoint (int num
)
9891 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9894 if (t
->number
== num
)
9900 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
9901 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
9902 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
9903 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
9905 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
9907 extern int tracepoint_count
;
9908 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9910 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
9912 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
9915 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
9917 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
9920 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
9924 if (instring
&& *instring
)
9925 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
9928 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
9933 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
9938 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
9939 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
9940 allow us to discover this. */
9941 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
9945 /* save-tracepoints command */
9947 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9949 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9951 struct action_line
*line
;
9953 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
9954 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
9956 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9958 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9959 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
9961 /* See if we have anything to save. */
9962 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9969 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
9973 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
9974 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
9975 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
9977 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
9978 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
9979 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
9981 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9983 if (tp
->addr_string
)
9984 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
9987 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
9988 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
9992 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
9996 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
9998 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
10000 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
10002 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
10003 actionline
= line
->action
;
10004 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
10007 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
10008 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
10010 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
10012 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
10013 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
10015 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
10021 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10023 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
10027 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
10029 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
10032 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
10033 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10035 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10037 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
10044 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
10045 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
10046 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
10047 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
10048 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
10049 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10050 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
10051 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
10052 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
10053 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
10054 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
10056 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
10057 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
10059 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
10061 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
10063 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
10064 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
10066 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
10067 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
10069 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
10070 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
10072 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
10073 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
10074 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
10075 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10076 char *text
, char *word
),
10077 void *user_data_catch
,
10078 void *user_data_tcatch
)
10080 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
10082 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10084 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10085 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
10086 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10088 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10090 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10091 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
10092 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10096 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
10098 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
10100 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
10101 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
10102 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
10106 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
10108 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
10109 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
10110 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
10112 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10113 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10114 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
10116 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10117 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10118 before a breakpoint is set. */
10119 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10121 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10123 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10124 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10125 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10127 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10129 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10130 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10131 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10132 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10133 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10134 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10135 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10136 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10138 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10139 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10140 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10141 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10143 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10144 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10145 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10146 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10147 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10149 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10150 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10152 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10153 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10154 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10155 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10157 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10158 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10160 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10161 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10162 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10163 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10165 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10166 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10168 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10169 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10170 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10171 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10172 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10173 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10174 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10176 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10177 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10178 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10179 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10180 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10181 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10183 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10185 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10186 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10187 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10188 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10189 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10190 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10192 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10193 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10194 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10197 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10198 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10199 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10202 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10203 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10204 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10207 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10208 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10209 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10212 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10213 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10214 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10215 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10216 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10217 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10218 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10219 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10221 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10222 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10223 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10224 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10225 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10227 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10228 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10229 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10230 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10231 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10232 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10235 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10236 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10237 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10238 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10240 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10241 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10242 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10243 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10244 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10246 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10247 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10248 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10249 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10251 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10252 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10253 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10254 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10255 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10258 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10259 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10260 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10261 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10262 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10263 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10265 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10266 is executing in.\n\
10268 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10270 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10271 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10272 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10273 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10275 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10276 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10277 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10278 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10281 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10285 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10286 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10287 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10288 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10289 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10290 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10291 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10292 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10293 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10294 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10295 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10296 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10297 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10298 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10299 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10300 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10302 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10303 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10304 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10305 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10306 breakpoint set."));
10309 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10310 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10311 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10312 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10313 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10314 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10315 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10316 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10317 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10319 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10320 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10321 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10322 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10323 breakpoint set."));
10325 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
10328 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10329 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10330 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10331 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10332 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10333 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10334 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10335 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10336 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10338 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10339 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10340 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10341 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10342 breakpoint set."));
10344 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10345 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10346 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10347 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10348 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10349 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10350 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10351 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10352 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10353 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10354 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10355 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10356 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10358 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10359 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10360 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10361 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10363 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10365 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10366 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10367 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10368 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10370 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10371 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10372 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10373 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10375 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10376 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10377 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10378 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10379 catch_catch_command
,
10383 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10384 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10385 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10386 catch_throw_command
,
10390 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10391 catch_fork_command_1
,
10393 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10394 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10395 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10396 catch_fork_command_1
,
10398 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10399 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10400 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10401 catch_exec_command_1
,
10405 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10406 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10407 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10408 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10409 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10410 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10411 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10412 catch_syscall_completer
,
10415 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10416 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10417 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10418 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10422 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10423 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10424 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10425 catch_assert_command
,
10430 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10431 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10432 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10433 an expression changes."));
10434 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10436 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10437 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10438 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10439 an expression is read."));
10440 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10442 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10443 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10444 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10445 an expression is either read or written."));
10446 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10448 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10449 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10452 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10453 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10454 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10455 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10456 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10457 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10458 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10459 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10460 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10463 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10464 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10466 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10468 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10470 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10471 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10473 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10474 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10475 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10477 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10478 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10479 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10480 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10482 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10483 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10484 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10485 last tracepoint set."));
10487 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10489 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10490 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10491 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10492 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10495 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10496 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10497 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10498 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10500 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10502 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10503 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10504 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10505 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10507 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10509 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10510 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10511 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10512 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10513 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10515 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10516 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10517 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10518 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10520 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10521 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10522 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10523 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10524 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10525 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10526 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10527 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10528 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10529 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10530 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10531 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10533 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10534 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10535 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10536 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10537 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10538 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10539 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10540 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10542 show_pending_break_support
,
10543 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10544 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10546 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10548 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10549 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10550 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10551 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10552 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10553 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10554 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10556 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10557 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10558 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10560 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10561 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10562 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10563 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10564 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10565 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10566 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10567 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10568 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10569 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10570 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10571 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10573 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10574 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10575 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10577 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10579 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);